2008-10-26 Michael Snyder <msnyder@vmware.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
5009afc5 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
669fac23 79* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
80* Symbol Handling::
81* Language Support::
82* Host Definition::
83* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 84* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
85* Target Vector Definition::
86* Native Debugging::
87* Support Libraries::
88* Coding::
89* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 90* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 91* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 92* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 93* Testsuite::
c906108c 94* Hints::
aab4e0ec 95
bcd7e15f 96* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 97* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 98* Index::
c906108c
SS
99@end menu
100
101@node Requirements
102
103@chapter Requirements
56caf160 104@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
105
106Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
107requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
108of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
109that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 110
56caf160
EZ
111First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
112front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
113shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 114
56caf160
EZ
115@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
116available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
117programmer.
c906108c 118
56caf160
EZ
119@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
120the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
121going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
122to debugger commands.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
125While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 126picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
127programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
128mollify the debugger.
c906108c 129
56caf160
EZ
130@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
131Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
132heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 133
56caf160
EZ
134@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
135available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
136supports.
c906108c
SS
137
138
139@node Overall Structure
140
141@chapter Overall Structure
142
56caf160
EZ
143@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
144symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
145@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 146
2e685b93 147The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
148supporting code.
149
150The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
151interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
152parsing, type and value printing.
153
154The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
155physical target manipulation.
156
157The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
158number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
159elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
160supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
161this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
162should fit together.
163
164@section The Symbol Side
165
56caf160
EZ
166The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
167you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
168For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
169many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
170
171@section The Target Side
172
56caf160
EZ
173The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
174Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
175of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
176available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
177
178Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
179display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 180such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
181relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
182way.
183
184@section Configurations
185
56caf160
EZ
186@cindex host
187@cindex target
25822942 188@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
189@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
190executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
191third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
192
1f70da6a
SS
193Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
194support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
195order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
196when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
197
198Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
199dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
200breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
201to call a function.
202
203Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
204is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 205host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
206process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
207registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
208in the native-dependent files.
209
210Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
211are really part of the target environment, but which require
212@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
213file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
214
1f70da6a
SS
215When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
216on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 217
25ab7e6d
EZ
218@section Source Tree Structure
219@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
220
221The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
222are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
223to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 224@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
225
226Files that are related to some common task have names that share
227common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
228debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
229reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
230deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
231parlance for the program being debugged).
232
233There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
234@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
235files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
236(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
237specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
238
239Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
240debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
241native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
242
243The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
244
245@table @file
246@item cli
247Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
248Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
249
250@item gdbserver
251Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
252
253@item gdbtk
254Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
255
256@item mi
257The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
258
259@item signals
260Target signal translation code.
261
262@item tui
263Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
264Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
265@end table
c906108c
SS
266
267@node Algorithms
268
269@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 270@cindex algorithms
c906108c 271
56caf160
EZ
272@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
273often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
274cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
275algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
276they use.
c906108c 277
7d30c22d
JB
278@section Prologue Analysis
279
280@cindex prologue analysis
281@cindex call frame information
282@cindex CFI (call frame information)
283To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
284variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
285of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
286saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
287younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
288scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
289changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
290may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
291
292Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
293which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
294But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
295technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
296registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
297code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
298allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
299register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 300accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
301helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
302CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
303@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
304calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
305
306In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
307target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
308optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
309write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
310understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
311GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
312understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
313themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
314and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
315instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
316
317@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
318@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
319@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
320To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
321and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
322prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
323analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
324framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
325``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
326using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
327would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
328starts with the instruction:
329
330@example
331addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
332@end example
333@noindent
334we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
335this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
336value.
337
338If we then see an instruction like:
339
340@example
341addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
342@end example
343@noindent
344we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
345it is now 64 greater than its original value.
346
347If the next instruction were:
348
349@example
350mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
351@end example
352@noindent
353then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
354@code{r1} plus 64.
355
356It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
357need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
358registers. So after an instruction like this:
359
360@example
361mov (fp+4), r2
362@end example
363@noindent
364then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
365holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
366
367And so on.
368
369Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
370wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
371the instruction:
372
373@example
374xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
375@end example
376@noindent
377then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
378a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
379relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
380``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
381information is acceptable for our application.
382
383So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
384approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
385never inaccurate.
386
387Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
388machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
389contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
390from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
391current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
392Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
393kept track of.
394
395@itemize @bullet
396
397@item
398To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
399stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
400minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
401If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
402the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
403we don't know the frame size.
404
405@item
406To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
407search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
408registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
409original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
410to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
411anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
412@end itemize
413
414This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
415quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
416forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
417function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
418of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
419worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
420and maintain. In the approach described above:
421
422@itemize @bullet
423
424@item
425It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 426whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
427the effect of each instruction.
428
429@item
430It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
431instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
432wasn't already broken before.
433
434@item
435It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
436complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
437of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
438what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
439already gathering the right data for you.
440
441@end itemize
442
443The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
444the framework and how to use it.
445
446
c906108c
SS
447@section Breakpoint Handling
448
56caf160 449@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
450In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
451where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
452that location.
453
454There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
455breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
456
56caf160
EZ
457@cindex hardware breakpoints
458@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
459Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
460features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
461register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 462(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 463ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
464exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
465
466Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
467include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
468processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
469address.
470
471A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
472breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
473software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
474breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 475@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 476for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
477
478Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 479limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 480start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 481notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
482whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
483breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
484an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
485
486@cindex software breakpoints
487Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
488The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
489instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
490that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
491@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
492user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
493instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
494
495Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 496must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 497can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 498although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
499
500Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
501instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
502target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
503breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
504larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
505targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
506instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
507set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
508although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
509instruction.
510
c906108c
SS
511Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
512much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
513
8181d85f
DJ
514@table @code
515@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
516@findex target_remove_breakpoint
517@findex target_insert_breakpoint
518@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
519@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
520Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
521@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
522non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
523breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
524@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
525to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
526@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
527related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
528contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
529if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
530underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
531memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
532@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
533it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
534
535For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
536shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 537the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
538@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
539used to remove the breakpoint.
540
541@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
542@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
543@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
544@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
545@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
546Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
547@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
548non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
549a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
550@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
551@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
552but @code{placed_size} may be.
553@end table
554
c906108c
SS
555@section Single Stepping
556
557@section Signal Handling
558
559@section Thread Handling
560
561@section Inferior Function Calls
562
563@section Longjmp Support
564
56caf160 565@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 566@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
567@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
568stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
569which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
570command.
c906108c 571
4a9bb1df
UW
572@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
573To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
574@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
575@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
576Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
577target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
578determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
579define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
580value once calculated.
c906108c 581
9742079a
EZ
582@section Watchpoints
583@cindex watchpoints
584
585Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
586breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
587instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
588your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
589hunt down and kill such bugs.
590
591@cindex hardware watchpoints
592@cindex software watchpoints
593Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
594known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
595hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
596software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
597will use software watchpoints are:
598
599@itemize @bullet
600@item
601The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
602watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
603to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
604more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
605watchpoints.
606
607@item
608The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
609registers (as opposed to memory).
610
611@item
612Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
613this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
614resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
615breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
616breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
617
618@item
619No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
620implementation.
621@end itemize
622
623Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
624single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
625watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
626section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
627
b6b8ece6
EZ
628When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
629possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
630It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
631was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
632
633Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
634once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
635triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
636is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
637method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
638For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
639every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
640For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
641@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
642and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
643watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
644considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
645otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
646each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
647the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
648watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
649changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 650
1f70da6a
SS
651@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
652
9742079a
EZ
653@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
654watchpoints:
655
656@table @code
657@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
658@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
659If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
1f70da6a 660(Currently only used for several native configs.)
9742079a
EZ
661
662@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
663@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
664Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
665possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
666of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
667not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
668number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
669is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
670are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
671the same time).
672
673@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
674@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
675Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
676whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
677
b6b8ece6 678@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
679@findex target_insert_watchpoint
680@findex target_remove_watchpoint
681@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
682@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
683Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
684@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
685possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
686defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
687
474c8240 688@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
689 enum target_hw_bp_type
690 @{
691 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
692 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
693 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
694 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
695 @};
474c8240 696@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
697
698@noindent
699These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
700
9742079a 701@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
702@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
703If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
704associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
705@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
706is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
707not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
708it to improve handling of those also.
709
710@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
711immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
712target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
713resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
714control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 715
5009afc5
AS
716@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
717@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
718Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
719lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
720@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
721granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
722watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
723region.
724
9742079a
EZ
725@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
726@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
727If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 728watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
729this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
730which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
731set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
732to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
733watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 734
4a9bb1df
UW
735@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
736@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
737If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
738watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
739watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
740interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
741
742@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
743@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
744If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
745inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
746when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
747read or write.
9742079a
EZ
748
749@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
750@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
751If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
752watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
753
754@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
755@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
756Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
757the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
758Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
759the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
760type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
761target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
762the @var{wait_status} argument.
763
764@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
765@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
766determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
767it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
768@end table
769
d983da9c
DJ
770@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
771@cindex watchpoints, with threads
772
773@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
774in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
775act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
776watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
777if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
778watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
779per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
780@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
781@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
782@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
783@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
784threads.
785
786@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
787at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
788multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
789queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
790is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
791@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
792thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
793two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
794will be called a second time for the second thread.
795
9742079a
EZ
796@subsection x86 Watchpoints
797@cindex x86 debug registers
798@cindex watchpoints, on x86
799
800The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
801registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
802generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
803support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
804subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
805
1f70da6a
SS
806(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
807thus only available for native configurations.)
808
9742079a
EZ
809To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
810following:
811
812@itemize @bullet
813@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
814@item
815Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
816target-dependent headers.
817
818@item
819Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
820defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
821
822@item
823Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
824@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
825@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
826
827@item
828Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
829below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
830which does the real work.
831@end itemize
832
833The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
834debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
835real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
836provide:
837
838@table @code
839@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
840@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
841Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
842
843@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
844@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
845Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
846
847@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
848@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
849Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
850number @var{idx}.
851
852@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
853@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
854Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
855used immediately after it is returned by
856@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
857register values.
858@end table
859
860For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
861that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
862to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
863allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
864expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
865wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
866maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
867anything to use this feature.
868
869The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
870bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
871be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
872region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
873@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
874bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
875a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
876region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
877
878The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
879@value{GDBN}'s application code:
880
881@table @code
882@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
883@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
884The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
885this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
886watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
887less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
888processors.
889
890@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
891@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
892The target function
893@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
894This
9742079a
EZ
895function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
896Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
897macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
898set in DR6.
899
ac77d04f
JJ
900@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
901@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
902The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
903is set to call this function. The
904argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
905function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
906Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
907macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
908returned.
909
9742079a
EZ
910@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
911@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
912@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
913@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
914Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
915@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
916are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
917looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
918region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
919reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
920register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
921the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
922value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
923register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
924and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
925inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
926@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
927required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
928each debug register.
929
930@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
931in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
932length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
933values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
934@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
935watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
936decrements the reference count, and only calls
937@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
938the count goes to zero.
939
940@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
941@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
942@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
943@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
944These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
945macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
946@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
947The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
948the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
949These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
950@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
951the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
952hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
953register.
954
955@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
956@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
957This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
958hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 959@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
960address whose watchpoint triggered.
961
962@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
963@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
964This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
965bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
966the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
967@end table
968
969@noindent
970@strong{Notes:}
971@enumerate 1
972@item
973x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
974However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
975@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
976watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
977on x86.
978
979@item
980x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
981only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
982there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
983whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
984current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
985always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
986watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
987unavailable in many platforms.
988@end enumerate
989
5c95884b
MS
990@section Checkpoints
991@cindex checkpoints
992@cindex restart
993In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
994the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
995
996Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
997whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
998state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
999registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1000of open files and devices.
1001
1002There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1003in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1004method implemented on the target side.
1005
1006A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1007state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1008not typically include information about external entities such as
1009open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1010
1011A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1012as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1013is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1014be used on other systems.
1015
b247355e 1016Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1017method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1018advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1019details of how it is done.
1020
1021
bcd7e15f
JB
1022@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1023@cindex observer pattern interface
1024@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1025
1026In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1027some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1028modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1029hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1030versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1031@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1032a strong limitation.
1033
1034A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1035Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1036a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1037previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1038easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1039interface when adding new notifications.
1040
1041See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1042currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1043implementation is also briefly discussed.
1044
c906108c
SS
1045@node User Interface
1046
1047@chapter User Interface
1048
1f70da6a
SS
1049@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1050command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1051
1052@section Command Interpreter
1053
56caf160 1054@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1055@cindex CLI
25822942 1056The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1057allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1058has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1059a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1060
56caf160
EZ
1061For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1062@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1063to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1064
56caf160
EZ
1065@findex add_cmd
1066@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1067To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1068the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1069place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1070the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1071
40dd2248
TT
1072@findex add_setshow_cmd
1073@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1074To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1075@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1076a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1077further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1078the new command structures for manipulation.
1079
56caf160
EZ
1080@cindex deprecating commands
1081@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1082Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1083deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1084aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1085@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1086return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1087command immediately after it is created.
1088
c72e7388 1089The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1090replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1091@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1092entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1093
0ee54786
EZ
1094@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1095@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1096@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1097
1098@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1099The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1100@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1101interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1102from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1103every UI, to produce output.
1104
1105@subsection Overview and Terminology
1106
1107In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1108of output, and can even generate an input request.
1109
1110Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1111
1112@itemize @bullet
1113@item
1114to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1115
1116@item
1117to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1118operation;
1119
1120@item
1121to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1122progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1123
1124@item
1125to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1126
1127@item
1128to show @emph{debug data};
1129
1130@item
1131to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1132@end itemize
1133
1134@noindent
1135This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1136although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1137
1138Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1139involves one or more of the following:
1140
1141@itemize @bullet
1142@item
1143output of the actual data
1144
1145@item
1146formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1147easily readable by humans
1148
1149@item
1150machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1151parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1152
1153@item
c72e7388
AC
1154annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1155parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1156@end itemize
1157
1158The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1159Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1160of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1161deprecated.
1162
c72e7388
AC
1163Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1164a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1165non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1166header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1167
c72e7388
AC
1168@table @code
1169@item <table> @expansion{}
1170@code{<header> <body>}
1171@item <header> @expansion{}
1172@code{@{ <column> @}}
1173@item <column> @expansion{}
1174@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1175@item <body> @expansion{}
1176@code{@{<row>@}}
1177@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1178
1179
1180@subsection General Conventions
1181
c72e7388
AC
1182Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1183@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1184object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1185
c72e7388
AC
1186The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1187to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1188
c72e7388
AC
1189The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1190When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1191sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1192format.
1193
c72e7388
AC
1194When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1195call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1196
1197
c72e7388 1198@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1199
1200@cindex list output functions
1201@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1202@cindex tuple output functions
1203This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1204tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1205(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1206
c72e7388
AC
1207To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1208containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1209fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1210
c72e7388
AC
1211Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1212rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1213even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1214
1215@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1216Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1217maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1218
1219The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1220
474c8240 1221@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1222 ui_out_table_begin
1223 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1224 @dots{}
0ee54786 1225 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1226 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1227 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1228 @dots{}
1229 ui_out_tuple_end
1230 @dots{}
0ee54786 1231 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1232@end smallexample
0ee54786 1233
c72e7388 1234Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1235functions:
1236
c72e7388
AC
1237@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1238The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1239of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1240function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1241the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1242@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1243pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1244@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1245was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1246
1247The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1248the end of the table's output.
1249@end deftypefun
1250
c72e7388
AC
1251@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1252@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1253table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1254column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1255@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1256
1257The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1258value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1259@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1260center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1261specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1262column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1263call.
0ee54786
EZ
1264@end deftypefun
1265
1266@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1267This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1268@end deftypefun
1269
1270@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1271This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1272after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1273functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1274
1275There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1276call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1277will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1278@end deftypefun
1279
c72e7388 1280The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1281call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1282@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1283@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1284calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1285
c72e7388
AC
1286@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1287This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1288to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1289implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1290after the call.
1291@end deftypefun
1292
1293@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1294This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1295one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1296@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1297be signaled.
1298@end deftypefun
1299
1300@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1301This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1302(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1303and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1304cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1305@smallexample
1306struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1307ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1308old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1309 uiout);
1310@end smallexample
1311@end deftypefun
1312
1313@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1314This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1315an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1316implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1317after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1318@end deftypefun
1319
1320@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1321This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1322one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1323@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1324be signaled.
1325@end deftypefun
1326
1327@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1328Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1329opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1330that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1331@end deftypefun
1332
1333@subsection Item Output Functions
1334
1335@cindex item output functions
1336@cindex field output functions
1337@cindex data output
1338The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1339items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1340
1341Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1342
1343@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1344This is the most general output function. It produces the
1345representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1346according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1347@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1348supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1349supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1350
1351This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1352use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1353@end deftypefun
1354
c72e7388 1355@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1356This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1357@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1358the name of the field.
1359@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1360
1361@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1362This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1363@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1364@var{fldname} specifies
1365the name of the field.
1366@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1367
c72e7388 1368@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1369This function outputs an address.
1370@end deftypefun
1371
c72e7388 1372@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1373This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1374specification.
1375@end deftypefun
1376
1377Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1378functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1379@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1380the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1381used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1382of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1383@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1384you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1385@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1386@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1387and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1388constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1389you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1390@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1391
1392@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1393This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1394same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1395passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1396@code{ui_stream} object.
1397@end deftypefun
1398
1399@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1400This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1401@var{streambuf}.
1402@end deftypefun
1403
c72e7388 1404@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1405This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1406@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1407@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1408@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1409the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
1412@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1413out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1414@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1415cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1416skeleton code to do that:
1417
1418@smallexample
1419 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1420 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1421 ...
1422 do_cleanups (old);
1423@end smallexample
1424
1425If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1426of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1427
1428@smallexample
1429 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1430 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1431@end smallexample
1432
1433Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1434@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1435same buffer twice.
1436
1437@subsection Utility Output Functions
1438
c72e7388 1439@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1440This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1441an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1442@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1443@end deftypefun
1444
c72e7388 1445@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1446This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1447easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1448this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1449from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1450
1451Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1452the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1453to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1454string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1455output short messages.
1456@end deftypefun
1457
1458@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1459This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1460text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1461list.
1462@end deftypefun
1463
c72e7388 1464@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1465This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1466verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1467current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1468verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1469setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1470as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1471argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1472@end deftypefun
1473
1474@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1475This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1476of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1477output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1478be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1479accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1480explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1481@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1482@end deftypefun
1483
1484@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1485This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1486the UI buffers output.
1487@end deftypefun
1488
1489
1490@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1491
1492@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1493@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1494This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1495functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1496@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1497@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1498
1499This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1500produce a table.
1501
1502The original code was:
1503
474c8240 1504@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1505 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1506 @{
1507 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1508
1509 annotate_field (0);
1510 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1511 annotate_field (1);
1512 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1513 annotate_field (2);
1514 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1515 annotate_field (3);
1516 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1517 if (addressprint)
1518 @{
1519 annotate_field (4);
1520 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1521 @}
1522 annotate_field (5);
1523 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1524
1525 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1526 @}
474c8240 1527@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1528
1529Here's the new version:
1530
474c8240 1531@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1532 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1533
1534 if (addressprint)
1535 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1536 else
1537 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1538
1539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1540 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1542 annotate_field (0);
1543 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1544 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1545 annotate_field (1);
1546 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1548 annotate_field (2);
1549 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1550 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1551 annotate_field (3);
1552 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1553 if (addressprint)
1554 @{
1555 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1556 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1557 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1558 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1559 else
c72e7388
AC
1560 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1561 @}
1562 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1563 annotate_field (5);
1564 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1565 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1566 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1567 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1568@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1569
1570This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1571to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1572in the above example. The original code was:
1573
474c8240 1574@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1575 annotate_record ();
1576 annotate_field (0);
1577 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1578 annotate_field (1);
1579 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1580 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1581 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1582 (int)b->type);
1583 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1584 annotate_field (2);
1585 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1586 annotate_field (3);
1587 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1588 @dots{}
474c8240 1589@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1590
1591This is the new version:
1592
474c8240 1593@smallexample
0ee54786 1594 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1595 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1596 annotate_field (0);
1597 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1598 annotate_field (1);
1599 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1600 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1601 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1602 (int) b->type);
1603 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1604 annotate_field (2);
1605 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1606 annotate_field (3);
1607 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1608 @dots{}
474c8240 1609@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610
1611This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1612produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1613functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1614automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1615
474c8240 1616@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1617 annotate_field (5);
1618 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1619@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1620
1621The new version is:
1622
474c8240 1623@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1624 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1625 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1626 ...
1627 annotate_field (5);
1628 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1629 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1630@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1631
1632This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1633@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1634was:
1635
474c8240 1636@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1637 annotate_field (5);
1638 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1639 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1640 else
1641 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1642@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1643
1644It became:
1645
474c8240 1646@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1647 annotate_field (5);
1648 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1649 @{
1650 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1651 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1652 @}
1653 else
1654 @{
1655 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1656 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1658 @}
474c8240 1659@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1660
1661The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1662use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1663code was:
1664
474c8240 1665@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1666 annotate_field (5);
1667 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1668 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1669@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670
1671It became:
1672
474c8240 1673@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1674 annotate_field (5);
1675 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1676 @{
1677 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1678 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1679 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1680 @}
474c8240 1681@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682
1683Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1684code was:
1685
474c8240 1686@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1687 annotate_field (5);
1688 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1689 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1690@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1691
1692It became:
1693
474c8240 1694@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1695 annotate_field (5);
1696 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1697 @{
1698 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1699 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1700 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1701 @}
474c8240 1702@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1703
1704Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1705
474c8240 1706@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1707 annotate_field (4);
1708 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1709 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1710@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1711
1712It became:
1713
474c8240 1714@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1715 annotate_field (4);
1716 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1717@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1718
1719
c906108c
SS
1720@section Console Printing
1721
1722@section TUI
1723
89437448 1724@node libgdb
c906108c 1725
89437448
AC
1726@chapter libgdb
1727
1728@section libgdb 1.0
1729@cindex @code{libgdb}
1730@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1731to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1732
1733@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1734@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1735@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1736better able to support graphical and other environments.
1737
1738Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1739evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1740
1741@itemize @bullet
1742@item
1743Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1744@item
1745Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1746@item
1747Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1748@item
1749Library - @file{gdb.h}
1750@end itemize
1751
1752The model that ties these components together is described below.
1753
1754@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1755
1756A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1757
1758@itemize @bullet
1759@item
1760As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1761@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1762state, etc).
1763@item
1764As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1765obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1766@end itemize
1767
c1468174 1768Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1769the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1770controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1771@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1772before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1773
1774@section CLI support
1775
1776At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1777@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1778their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1779requirements.
1780
1781It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1782(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1783out the theory:
1784
1785@itemize @bullet
1786@item
1787The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1788@item
1789The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1790versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1791@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1792@item
1793The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1794used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1795@end itemize
1796
1797When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1798along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1799the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1800through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1801At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1802virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1803
1804The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1805@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1806client's custom builder).
1807
1808@section @code{libgdb} components
1809
1810@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1811@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1812be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1813observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1814the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1815finished the current command.
1816
1817@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1818@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1819create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1820when doing any queries.
1821
1822@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1823@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1824@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1825loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1826implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1827
1828The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1829@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1830instead of returning.
1831
1832@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1833@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1834the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1835builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1836before the query function returns.
c906108c 1837
669fac23
DJ
1838@node Stack Frames
1839@chapter Stack Frames
1840
1841@cindex frame
1842@cindex call stack frame
1843A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1844and called functions.
1845
1846@cindex unwind frame
1847@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1848need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1849the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1850Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1851read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1852@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1853
1854@findex frame_register_unwind
1855@findex get_frame_register
1856@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1857``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1858@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1859frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1860#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1861obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1862frame itself?
1863
1864@cindex sentinel frame
1865@findex get_frame_type
1866@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
1867To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
1868``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1869the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1870is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1871SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1872
1873@section Selecting an Unwinder
1874
1875@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1876@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1877The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1878frame_unwind}), using the functions
1879@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1880@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
1881sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
1882previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
1883registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
1884The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
1885is assigned to the frame.
1886
1887@section Unwinding the Frame ID
1888@cindex frame ID
1889
1890Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
1891The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
1892the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
1893including while other called frames are running; it is used to
1894locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
1895
1896Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
1897cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
1898to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
1899frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
1900when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
1901frame_info} for the same frame.
1902
1903The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
1904Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
1905frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
1906registers.
1907
1908Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
1909frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
1910two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
1911address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
1912the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
1913the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
1914
1915An invalid frame ID (@code{null_frame_id}) returned from the
1916@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
1917
1918@section Unwinding Registers
1919
1920Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
1921takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
1922It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
1923as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
1924current in this frame's caller.
1925
1926The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
1927have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
1928will generate the appropriate value:
1929
1930@table @code
1931@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
1932@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
1933This register was not saved.
1934
1935@item frame_unwind_got_register
1936@findex frame_unwind_got_register
1937This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
1938is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
1939same register.
1940
1941@item frame_unwind_got_memory
1942@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
1943This register was saved in memory.
1944
1945@item frame_unwind_got_constant
1946@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
1947This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
1948value some other way.
1949
1950@item frame_unwind_got_address
1951@findex frame_unwind_got_address
1952Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
1953address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
1954explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
1955pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
1956generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
1957@end table
1958
c906108c
SS
1959@node Symbol Handling
1960
1961@chapter Symbol Handling
1962
1f70da6a
SS
1963Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
1964variables, functions, and types.
1965
1966Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
1967reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
1968bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
1969all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
1970computational, rather than file reading.
1971
1972One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
1973to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
1974not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
1975time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
1976we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
1977symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
1978
1979@section Symbol Reading
1980
56caf160
EZ
1981@cindex symbol reading
1982@cindex reading of symbols
1983@cindex symbol files
1984@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1985file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1986debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1987symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
1988more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
1989addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
1990libraries.
56caf160
EZ
1991
1992@findex find_sym_fns
1993Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1994the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1995of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1996this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1997
1998@findex add_symtab_fns
1999@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2000@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2001Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2002@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2003to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2004name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2005and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2006times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2007prefix.
2008
2009The functions supplied by each module are:
2010
2011@table @code
2012@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2013
56caf160 2014@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2015Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2016symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2017resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2018read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2019might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2020whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2021
2022The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2023@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2024new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2025and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2026information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2027in the @code{private} field.
2028
2029There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2030@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2031
2032@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2033
2034Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2035This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2036state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2037@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2038arguments and no result. It may be called after
2039@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2040may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2041
2042@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2043
2044Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2045symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2046
56caf160 2047@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2048@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2049the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2050address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2051table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2052or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2053@end table
2054
2055In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2056@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2057to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2058from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2059
2060@table @code
2061@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2062
56caf160 2063Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2064the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2065pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2066symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2067@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2068zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2069@end table
2070
2071@section Partial Symbol Tables
2072
56caf160 2073@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2074
2075@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2076@cindex full symbol table
2077@cindex symtabs
2078@item
2079Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2080information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2081
56caf160
EZ
2082@cindex psymtabs
2083@item
2084Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2085information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2086symbol table.
2087
56caf160
EZ
2088@cindex minimal symbol table
2089@cindex minsymtabs
2090@item
2091Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2092gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2093@end itemize
2094
56caf160 2095@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2096This section describes partial symbol tables.
2097
2098A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2099file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2100extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2101need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2102information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2103quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2104pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2105the user.
2106@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2107
2108The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2109visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2110that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2111types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2112
2113The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2114full symbol table would represent.
2115
56caf160
EZ
2116@cindex finding a symbol
2117@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2118The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2119code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2120
2121@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2122@findex find_pc_function
2123@findex find_pc_line
2124@item
c1468174 2125By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2126function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2127range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2128@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2129@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2130
56caf160
EZ
2131@cindex lookup_symbol
2132@item
2133By its name
c1468174 2134(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2135function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2136psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2137have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2138case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2139qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2140local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2141does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2142@end itemize
2143
2144The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2145at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2146while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2147psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2148them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2149either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2150name.
2151
56caf160
EZ
2152It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2153been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2154in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2155all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2156ranges.
c906108c 2157
56caf160 2158The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2159thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2160be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2161bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2162and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2163on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2164unless you want to do a lot more work.
2165
2166@section Types
2167
56caf160 2168@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2169
56caf160 2170@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2171These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2172types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2173into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2174that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2175knows about.
c906108c 2176
56caf160 2177@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2178
56caf160
EZ
2179@cindex type codes
2180Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2181of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2182@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2183which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2184types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2185other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2186or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2187
56caf160 2188@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2189
2190These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2191fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2192use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2193eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2194initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2195@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2196an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2197@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2198only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2199@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2200some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2201
2202@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2203@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2204
2205@subsection a.out
2206
56caf160
EZ
2207@cindex @code{a.out} format
2208The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2209consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2210which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2211respectively.
c906108c 2212
56caf160 2213The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2214place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2215@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2216format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2217symbols with distinctive attributes.
2218
56caf160 2219The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2220
2221@subsection COFF
2222
56caf160 2223@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2224The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2225COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2226number of sections is limited.
2227
2228The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2229was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2230For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2231included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2232encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2233
2234The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2235
2236@subsection ECOFF
2237
56caf160 2238@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2239ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2240workstations.
2241
2242The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2243
2244@subsection XCOFF
2245
56caf160 2246@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2247The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2248The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2249symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2250@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2251information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2252
2253The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2254shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2255refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2256relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2257using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2258been run (or the core file has been read).
2259
2260@subsection PE
2261
56caf160
EZ
2262@cindex PE-COFF format
2263Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2264executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2265
25822942 2266While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2267COFF reader.
2268
2269@subsection ELF
2270
56caf160 2271@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2272The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2273similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2274removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2275encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2276
2277The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2278
2279@subsection SOM
2280
56caf160 2281@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2282SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2283SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2284
1a92f856 2285The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2286
c906108c
SS
2287@section Debugging File Formats
2288
2289This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2290are independent of the object file format.
2291
2292@subsection stabs
2293
56caf160 2294@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2295@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2296format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2297formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2298
2299While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2300including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2301the real work.
2302
2303@subsection COFF
2304
56caf160 2305@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2306The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2307of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2308
2309@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2310
56caf160 2311@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2312ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2313
2314The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2315
1f70da6a
SS
2316@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2317
c906108c
SS
2318@subsection DWARF 2
2319
56caf160 2320@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2321DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2322
2323The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2324
31fffb02
CS
2325@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2326
2327@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2328Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2329merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2330format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2331information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2332is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2333DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2334DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2335
2336@itemize @bullet
2337@item
23384 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2339@item
23408 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2341order.
2342@end itemize
2343
2344The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2345Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2346@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2347
1f70da6a
SS
2348@subsection DWARF 3
2349
2350@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2351DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2352
c906108c
SS
2353@subsection SOM
2354
56caf160 2355@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2356Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2357
25822942 2358@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2359
56caf160
EZ
2360@cindex adding debugging info reader
2361If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2362there is probably little to be done.
2363
2364If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2365BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2366
2367You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2368debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2369routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2370debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2371depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2372
2373For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2374to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2375platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2376will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2377directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2378@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2379
c91d38aa
DJ
2380@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2381
2382Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2383its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2384namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2385
2386Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2387released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2388objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2389they could be unloaded at different times.
2390
2391User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2392these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2393is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2394the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2395
c906108c
SS
2396
2397@node Language Support
2398
2399@chapter Language Support
2400
56caf160
EZ
2401@cindex language support
2402@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2403although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2404manually.
c906108c 2405
56caf160
EZ
2406@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2407of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2408means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2409identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2410
25822942 2411@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2412
56caf160
EZ
2413@cindex adding source language
2414To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2415following steps:
c906108c
SS
2416
2417@table @emph
2418@item Create the expression parser.
2419
56caf160 2420@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2421This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2422building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2423@file{parse.c}.
2424
56caf160 2425@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2426Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2427parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2428@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2429various parsers from defining the same global names:
2430
474c8240 2431@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2432#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2433#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2434#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2435#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2436#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2437#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2438#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2439#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2440#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2441#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2442#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2443#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2444#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2445#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2446#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2447#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2448@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2449
2450At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2451initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2452@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2453@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2454that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2455and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2456@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2457language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2458for more information.
2459
2460@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2461
56caf160
EZ
2462@cindex expression evaluation routines
2463@findex evaluate_subexp
2464@findex prefixify_subexp
2465@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2466If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2467add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2468code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2469defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2470for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2471@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2472the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2473
2474@item Update some existing code
2475
2476Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2477@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2478
2479Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2480These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2481are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2482statement, an error is reported.
2483
56caf160 2484@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2485Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2486@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2487@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2488string.
2489
56caf160 2490@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2491Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2492language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2493dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2494
56caf160 2495@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2496Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2497code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2498This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2499Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2500file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2501information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2502code.
2503
56caf160
EZ
2504@findex print_subexp
2505@findex op_print_tab
2506Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2507expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2508printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2509
2510@item Add a place of call
2511
56caf160 2512@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2513Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2514@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c 2515
c906108c
SS
2516@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2517
2518Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2519variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2520not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2521distribution!
c906108c
SS
2522@end table
2523
2524
2525@node Host Definition
2526
2527@chapter Host Definition
2528
56caf160 2529With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2530definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2531mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2532
2533@section Adding a New Host
2534
56caf160
EZ
2535@cindex adding a new host
2536@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2537@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2538New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2539@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2540below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2541eventually disappear.
c906108c 2542
c906108c 2543@table @file
c906108c 2544@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2545This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2546native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2547machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2548by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2549
1f70da6a 2550Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2551@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2552@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2553
1f70da6a 2554New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2555
c906108c
SS
2556@end table
2557
1f70da6a
SS
2558(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2559used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2560have all been removed.)
2561
c906108c
SS
2562@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2563
56caf160 2564@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2565There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2566various systems.
c906108c
SS
2567
2568@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2569@cindex remote debugging support
2570@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2571@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2572This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2573default on all Unix-like hosts.
2574
2575@item ser-pipe.c
2576This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2577default on all Unix-like hosts.
2578
2579@item ser-mingw.c
2580This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2581Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2582
2583@item ser-go32.c
2584This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2585using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2586
56caf160 2587@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2588@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2589This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2590default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2591@end table
2592
2593@section Host Conditionals
2594
56caf160
EZ
2595When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2596defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2597attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2598host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2599setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2600
2601These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2602here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2603are:
c906108c 2604
56caf160 2605@ftable @code
25822942 2606@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2607The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2608@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2609
c906108c
SS
2610@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2611If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2612of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2613
2614@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2615Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2616the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2617
c906108c 2618@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2619@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2620Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2621line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2622characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2623which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2624mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2625
2626@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2627@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2628The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2629
2630@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2631@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2632The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2633
c906108c
SS
2634@item ISATTY
2635Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2636
1f70da6a
SS
2637@item FOPEN_RB
2638Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2639
2640@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2641@cindex @code{long long} data type
2642Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2643by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2644
2645@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2646Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2647the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2648@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2649
c906108c
SS
2650@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2651Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2652@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2653is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2654
c906108c
SS
2655@item NORETURN
2656If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2657that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2658indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2659if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2660
2661@item ATTR_NORETURN
2662If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2663@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2664of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2665set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2666defined.
2667
c906108c 2668@item lint
56caf160 2669Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2670
2671@item volatile
2672Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2673@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2674@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2675
2676
2677@node Target Architecture Definition
2678
2679@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2680
56caf160
EZ
2681@cindex target architecture definition
2682@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2683machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2684with them.
c906108c 2685
af6c57ea
AC
2686The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2687@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2688using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2689
b6fd0dfb
NR
2690@menu
2691* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2692* Initialize New Architecture::
2693* Registers and Memory::
2694* Pointers and Addresses::
2695* Address Classes::
2696* Raw and Virtual Registers::
2697* Register and Memory Data::
2698* Frame Interpretation::
2699* Inferior Call Setup::
2700* Compiler Characteristics::
2701* Target Conditionals::
2702* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2703@end menu
2704
2705@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2706@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2707@cindex OS ABI variants
2708
2709@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2710ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2711variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2712components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2713
2714A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2715(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2716OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2717to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2718considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2719overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2720architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2721different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2722OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2723examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2724sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2725
2726@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2727A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2728selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2729for each BFD architecture.
2730
f4b3909f 2731The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2732
2733@table @code
2734
f4b3909f
EZ
2735@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2736@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2737Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2738
70f80edf
JT
2739@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2740@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2741The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2742settings for the architecture will be used.
2743
2744@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2745@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2746UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2747
2748@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2749@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2750GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2751
2752@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2753@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2754Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2755
2756@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2757@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2758OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2759
2760@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2761@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2762GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2763
2764@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2765@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2766FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2767
2768@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2769@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2770FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2771
2772@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2773@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2774NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2775
2776@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2777@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2778NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2779
2780@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2781@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2782OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2783
2784@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2785@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2786Windows CE.
70f80edf 2787
1029b7fa
MK
2788@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2789@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2790DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2791
f4b3909f
EZ
2792@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2793@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2794Irix.
2795
f4b3909f
EZ
2796@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2797@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2798Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2799
f4b3909f
EZ
2800@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2801@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2802HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2803
f4b3909f
EZ
2804@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2805@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2806HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2807
f4b3909f
EZ
2808@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2809@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2810QNX Neutrino.
2811
2812@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2813@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2814Cygwin.
2815
2816@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2817@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2818AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2819
2820@end table
2821
2822Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2823
2824@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2825Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2826@end deftypefun
2827
c133ab7a 2828@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2829Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2830architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2831@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2832machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2833will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2834@end deftypefun
2835
2836@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2837Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2838BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2839If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2840be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2841any architecture.
2842@end deftypefun
2843
2844@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2845Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2846The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2847be determined.
2848@end deftypefun
2849
2850@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2851Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2852@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2853corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2854architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2855with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2856@end deftypefun
2857
f4b3909f
EZ
2858@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2859Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2860@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2861from the note. This function should be called via
2862@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2863@end deftypefun
2864
b6fd0dfb 2865@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2866@section Initializing a New Architecture
2867
2868Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2869via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2870registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2871the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2872be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2873are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2874
2875The initialization function has this type:
2876
2877@smallexample
2878static struct gdbarch *
2879@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2880 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2881@end smallexample
2882
2883The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2884architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2885have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2886value.
2887
2888The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2889is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2890search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2891return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2892create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2893
2894Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2895architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2896defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2897However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2898so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2899defaults from @var{arches}.
2900
b6fd0dfb 2901@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
2902@section Registers and Memory
2903
56caf160
EZ
2904@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2905@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2906block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2907
56caf160
EZ
2908@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2909compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2910that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2911to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 2912and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 2913
25822942 2914@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2915
b6fd0dfb 2916@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
2917@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2918@cindex pointer representation
2919@cindex address representation
2920@cindex word-addressed machines
2921@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2922@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2923@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2924@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2925@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2926@cindex D10V addresses
2927
2928On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2929indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2930whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2931machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2932However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2933address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2934identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2935
1f70da6a
SS
2936@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
2937
172c2a43 2938For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2939instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2940actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2941jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2942full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2943If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2944then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2945However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2946low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2947zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2948the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2949refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2950code space.
2951
2952However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2953forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2954@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2955@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2956
2957(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2958affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2959going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2960
56caf160
EZ
2961To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2962one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2963byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2964of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2965@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2966@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2967@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2968and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2969
2970Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2971processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2972each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2973distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2974clean up some architecture-independent code.
2975
2976Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2977
2978@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2979Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2980@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2981appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2982@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2983@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2984inferior's.
2985
2986For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2987extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2988@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2989D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2990@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2991
2992If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2993will signal an internal error.
2994@end deftypefun
2995
2996@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2997Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2998pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2999@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3000inferior's.
3001
3002For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3003stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3004appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3005is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3006a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3007
3008If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3009will signal an internal error.
3010@end deftypefun
3011
f23631e4 3012@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3013Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3014as appropriate for the current architecture.
3015
3016This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3017For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3018described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3019@end deftypefun
3020
3021@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3022Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3023the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3024This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3025above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3026@end deftypefun
3027
4a9bb1df 3028Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3029relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3030definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3031simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3032
4a9bb1df 3033@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3034Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3035appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3036address the pointer refers to.
3037
3038This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3039C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3040@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3041
4a9bb1df 3042@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3043Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3044@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3045
3046This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3047C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3048@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3049
b6fd0dfb 3050@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3051@section Address Classes
3052@cindex address classes
3053@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3054@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3055
3056Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3057via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3058define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3059distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3060info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3061address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3062following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3063types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3064a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3065
4a9bb1df 3066@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3067Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3068is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3069This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3070@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3071@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3072
4a9bb1df 3073@deftypefun char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3074Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3075its name.
4a9bb1df 3076@end deftypefun
1f70da6a 3077@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3078Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3079for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3080@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3081
3082Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3083the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3084functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3085
3086Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
308732-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3088suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3089uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3090of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3091to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3092
3093@smallexample
3094somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3095 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3096@{
b5b0480a
KB
3097 if (byte_size == 2)
3098 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3099 else
3100 return 0;
f2abfe65 3101@}
b5b0480a
KB
3102
3103static char *
3104somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3105@{
b5b0480a
KB
3106 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3107 return "short";
3108 else
3109 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3110@}
b5b0480a
KB
3111
3112int
3113somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3114 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3115@{
b5b0480a 3116 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3117 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3118 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3119 return 1;
f2abfe65 3120 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3121 else
3122 return 0;
f2abfe65 3123@}
b5b0480a
KB
3124@end smallexample
3125
3126The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3127to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3128the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3129short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3130
3131@smallexample
3132(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3133type = int * @@short
3134@end smallexample
3135
93e79dbd 3136
b6fd0dfb 3137@node Raw and Virtual Registers
13d01224
AC
3138@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3139@cindex raw register representation
3140@cindex virtual register representation
3141@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3142
3143@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3144functionality described here has largely been replaced by
d0384fc4
TJB
3145pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Register and
3146Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3147Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3148Bug Tracking Database} and
3149@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3150up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3151
9fb4dd36
JB
3152Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3153register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3154In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3155the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3156used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3157
13d01224
AC
3158@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3159both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3160register forms.}
3161
9fb4dd36
JB
3162For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3163raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3164However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3165
3166@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3167@item
56caf160 3168The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3169we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3170floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3171are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3172allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3173type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3174arrangement is the virtual representation.
3175
3176@item
25822942
DB
3177Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3178registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3179bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3180raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3181virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3182@end itemize
3183
3184In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3185@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3186can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3187@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3188@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3189
56caf160
EZ
3190Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3191conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3192
3193@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3194Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3195and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3196
3197You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3198unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3199@end deftypefn
3200
9fb4dd36
JB
3201@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3202Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
1f70da6a 3203should always be @code{gdbarch_register_type (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3204at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3205convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3206
6f6ef15a
EZ
3207Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3208@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3209arguments in different orders.
3210
3211You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3212for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3213value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3214@end deftypefn
3215
3216@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3217Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
1f70da6a 3218should always be @code{gdbarch_register_type (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3219at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3220convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3221
3222Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3223their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3224@end deftypefn
3225
3226
b6fd0dfb 3227@node Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3228@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3229@cindex register representation
3230@cindex memory representation
3231@cindex representations, register and memory
3232@cindex register data formats, converting
3233@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3234
3235@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3236significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3237section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3238@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3239@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3240further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3241
3242Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3243form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3244For example:
3245
3246@itemize @bullet
3247
3248@item
3249The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3250floating-point registers.
3251
3252@item
3253The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3254@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3255when stored in a register.
3256
3257@end itemize
3258
3259In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3260the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3261the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3262Interface.
3263
3264For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3265representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3266However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3267following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3268representations of a data type:
3269
4a9bb1df 3270@deftypefun int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224
AC
3271Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3272register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3273when stored in memory.
3274
4a9bb1df
UW
3275When non-zero, the macros @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3276@code{value_to_register} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
83acabca
DJ
3277
3278This function should return zero for the register's native type, when
3279no conversion is necessary.
4a9bb1df 3280@end deftypefun
13d01224 3281
4a9bb1df 3282@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3283Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3284@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3285format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3286
4a9bb1df
UW
3287Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3288take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3289
4a9bb1df
UW
3290You should only use @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} with registers for which
3291the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3292@end deftypefun
13d01224 3293
4a9bb1df 3294@deftypefun void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3295Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3296raw format.
3297
4a9bb1df
UW
3298Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3299take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3300
4a9bb1df
UW
3301You should only use @code{gdbarch_value_to_register} with registers for which
3302the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3303@end deftypefun
13d01224 3304
b6fd0dfb 3305@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3306@section Frame Interpretation
3307
b6fd0dfb 3308@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c
SS
3309@section Inferior Call Setup
3310
b6fd0dfb 3311@node Compiler Characteristics
c906108c
SS
3312@section Compiler Characteristics
3313
b6fd0dfb 3314@node Target Conditionals
c906108c
SS
3315@section Target Conditionals
3316
4a9bb1df
UW
3317This section describes the macros and functions that you can use to define the
3318target machine.
c906108c
SS
3319
3320@table @code
3321
4a9bb1df
UW
3322@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
3323@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 3324If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
3325really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
3326@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
3327in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
3328
3329For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
33302.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3331instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3332boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
3333address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
3334example look like that:
3335@smallexample
3336arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
3337@{
3338 return (addr &= ~0x3);
3339@}
3340@end smallexample
c906108c 3341
4a9bb1df
UW
3342@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3343@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3344If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3345referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3346and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3347return 0.
3348
3349The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3350@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3351possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3352@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3353
4a9bb1df
UW
3354@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3355@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
3356Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
3357has been defined.
3358
4a9bb1df
UW
3359@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3360@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3361Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3362the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3363used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3364returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3365@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3366values or'd together.
3367@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3368
4a9bb1df
UW
3369@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3370@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
3371Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
3372been defined.
3373
4a9bb1df
UW
3374@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
3375@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
3376Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3377flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3378
4a9bb1df
UW
3379@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
3380@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
3381Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3382@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3383
4a9bb1df
UW
3384@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
3385@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
3386Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3387@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 3388This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3389C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3390@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3391
4a9bb1df
UW
3392@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
3393@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
3394Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
3395parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3396original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3397
32c9a795
MD
3398@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
3399@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3400This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
3401the endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3402are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 3403
32c9a795
MD
3404@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
3405@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3406Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
3407bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
3408little-endian.
3409
c906108c 3410@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3411@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3412This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3413memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3414instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3415pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3416longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3417
56caf160 3418@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 3419@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3420
c906108c 3421@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3422@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3423@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3424@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3425Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3426
56caf160 3427@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 3428favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3429
4a9bb1df
UW
3430@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3431@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
3432@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42
AC
3433contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3434a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3435length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3436counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3437breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3438
3439Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3440not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3441instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3442instruction of the architecture.
3443
7a292a7a
SS
3444Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3445
4a9bb1df
UW
3446@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3447@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3448@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
3449@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
3450Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3451(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3452@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
3453provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
3454architectures. Architectures which may want to set
3455@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
3456conventional manner.
3457
3458It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3459custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 3460@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3461reason.
3462
4a9bb1df
UW
3463@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
3464@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
3465@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3466Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3467address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3468breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3469
3470The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3471The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3472instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3473instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3474one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3475in parallel.
3476
3477In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3478from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3479information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3480refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3481if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3482statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3483instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3484(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3485in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3486at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3487
4a9bb1df 3488The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
3489breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3490the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3491
3492Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3493expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3494is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3495
4a9bb1df
UW
3496@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
3497@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 3498See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3499
4a9bb1df
UW
3500This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
3501(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 3502
4a9bb1df
UW
3503@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
3504@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
3505This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
c906108c
SS
3506from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3507@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3508
4a9bb1df
UW
3509@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
3510@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
3511This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 3512written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
3513status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
3514default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3515
4a9bb1df
UW
3516@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
3517@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
3518Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
3519@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
3520@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3521
4a9bb1df
UW
3522@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
3523@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
3524This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 3525program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3526@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3527
56caf160
EZ
3528@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3529@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3530If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3531library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3532
5fc14d0a 3533@item void gdbarch_print_float_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
4a9bb1df 3534@findex gdbarch_print_float_info
5e74b15c
RE
3535If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3536the processor's floating point unit.
3537
4a9bb1df
UW
3538@item void gdbarch_print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3539@findex gdbarch_print_registers_info
0ab7a791
AC
3540If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3541specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3542either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3543registers (@var{all} is zero).
3544
3545The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3546zero omits floating-point registers.
3547
4a9bb1df
UW
3548@item int gdbarch_print_vector_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
3549@findex gdbarch_print_vector_info
e76f1f2e
AC
3550If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3551to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3552
3553By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3554registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3555
4a9bb1df
UW
3556@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
3557@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
3558Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
3559If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3560
4a9bb1df
UW
3561@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
3562@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
3563Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3564not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 3565
4a9bb1df 3566@item CORE_ADDR frame_align (@var{gdbarch}, @var{address})
790eb8f5
AC
3567@anchor{frame_align}
3568@findex frame_align
3569Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3570requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3571alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
5fc14d0a 3572stack alignment requirements.
790eb8f5
AC
3573
3574This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3575the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3576value are correctly aligned.
3577
5fc14d0a
EZ
3578This function always adjusts the address in the direction of stack
3579growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3580
3581By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3582
4a9bb1df
UW
3583@item int gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size (@var{gdbarch})
3584@findex gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size
8b148df9
AC
3585The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3586@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3587allocating extra stack space).
3588
3589When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3590modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
4a9bb1df 3591@var{gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
8b148df9
AC
3592stack.
3593
3594By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3595(@pxref{frame_align}).
3596
3597The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3598@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3599@cindex red zone
3600
fb8f8949 3601@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3602
4a9bb1df
UW
3603@item int gdbarch_frame_num_args (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
3604@findex gdbarch_frame_num_args
3605For the frame described by @var{frame} return the number of arguments that
392a587b
JM
3606are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3607@code{-1}.
c906108c 3608
4a9bb1df
UW
3609@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_pc (@var{next_frame})
3610@findex gdbarch_unwind_pc
3611@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in
3612@var{next_frame}'s caller, at which execution will resume after
3613@var{next_frame} returns. This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3614
3615The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3616is typically no more than:
3617
3618@smallexample
3619ULONGEST pc;
11411de3 3620pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_PC_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3621return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
12cc2063
AC
3622@end smallexample
3623
3624@noindent
c906108c 3625
4a9bb1df
UW
3626@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_sp (@var{gdbarch}, @var{next_frame})
3627@findex gdbarch_unwind_sp
3628@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3629commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3630
3631The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3632is typically no more than:
3633
3634@smallexample
3635ULONGEST sp;
11411de3 3636sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_SP_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3637return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
a9e5fdc2
AC
3638@end smallexample
3639
3640@noindent
3641@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3642
c906108c 3643@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3644@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3645@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3646@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3647If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3648look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3649are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3650respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3651
4a9bb1df
UW
3652@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
3653@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
3654This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
3655will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
3656breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
3657target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
3658of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
3659offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
3660from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
3661to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 3662
268e2188
AC
3663@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3664@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3665Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3666conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 3667feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3668repenting at leisure.
3669
9742079a
EZ
3670@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3671An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3672support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3673
4a9bb1df
UW
3674@item int gdbarch_inner_than (@var{gdbarch}, @var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3675@findex gdbarch_inner_than
c906108c 3676Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
4a9bb1df
UW
3677stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Let the function return
3678@w{@code{lhs < rhs}} if the target's stack grows downward in memory, or
3679@w{@code{lhs > rsh}} if the stack grows upward.
c906108c 3680
4a9bb1df 3681@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 3682@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 3683Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
3684The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3685the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3686final `return from function call' instruction.
3687
4a9bb1df
UW
3688@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
3689@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
3690Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
3691trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3692
cfd8ab24
SS
3693@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
3694@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 3695Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
3696dynamic linker.
3697
56caf160
EZ
3698@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3699@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3700Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3701should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3702function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3703to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3704stepping will suffice.
3705
4a9bb1df
UW
3706@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3707@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
3708@cindex converting integers to addresses
3709Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3710conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3711the current architectures conventions.
3712
3713@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3714their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3715@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3716computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3717major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3718other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3719conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3720out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3721to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3722disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 3723method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
3724@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3725
3726@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3727Addresses}.
3728
4a9bb1df
UW
3729@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3730@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
3731Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3732appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3733address the pointer refers to.
3734@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3735
4a9bb1df
UW
3736@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
3737@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
3738Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3739@var{type}.
4281a42e 3740@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3741
617073a9
AC
3742@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3743@findex register_reggroup_p
3744@cindex register groups
3745Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3746group @var{reggroup}.
3747
3748By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3749
3750@table @code
3751@item float_reggroup
3752Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3753@item vector_reggroup
3754Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3755@item general_reggroup
3756Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3757floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3758@item save_reggroup
3759@itemx restore_reggroup
3760@itemx all_reggroup
3761Any register with a valid name.
3762@end table
3763
77e7e267
AC
3764@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3765@findex register_type
1f70da6a
SS
3766If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}.
3767@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register
3768Representations}.
77e7e267 3769
9fb4dd36 3770@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3771@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3772Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3773form.
13d01224 3774@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3775
3776@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3777@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3778Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3779form.
13d01224 3780@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3781
0ab4b752
MK
3782@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3783@findex regset_from_core_section
3784Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3785@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3786
b0ed3589 3787@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3788@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3789Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3790mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3791
d3e8051b 3792@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3793@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3794A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3795@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3796the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3797for examples.
3798
e35879db
UW
3799@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
3800@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
3801Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3802debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3803them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3804address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3805linking faster.
3806
3807Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
3808argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
3809are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
3810debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
3811addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
3812mark the starts and ends of functions.
3813
3814In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
3815
3816@itemize @bullet
3817@item
3818@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
3819addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
3820taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
3821minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
3822has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
3823that carries the address.
3824
3825@item
3826@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3827@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
3828guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
3829@end itemize
3830
4a9bb1df
UW
3831@item int gdbarch_pc_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3832@findex gdbarch_pc_regnum
3833If the program counter is kept in a register, then let this function return
3834the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
c906108c 3835
4a9bb1df
UW
3836This should only need to be defined if @code{gdbarch_read_pc} and
3837@code{gdbarch_write_pc} are not defined.
2df3850c 3838
4a9bb1df
UW
3839@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3840@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
3841@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
3842nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
3843instead of value.
a38c9fe6 3844
c906108c 3845@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3846@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3847A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3848
4a9bb1df
UW
3849@item gdbarch_ps_regnum (@var{gdbarch}
3850@findex gdbarch_ps_regnum
3851If defined, this function returns the number of the processor status
3852register.
3853(This definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
c906108c 3854
4a9bb1df
UW
3855@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
3856@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
3857@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3858the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
3859code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
3860the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3861
86fe4aaa 3862@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3863function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3864
b24da7d0 3865Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 3866
4a9bb1df
UW
3867@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
3868@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
3869@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
3870instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3871called function should return.
3872
3873Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3874should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3875the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3876
3877By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3878(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3879reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3880
1f70da6a 3881This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 3882
4a9bb1df
UW
3883@item const char *gdbarch_register_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnr})
3884@findex gdbarch_register_name
3885Return the name of register @var{regnr} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3886to indicate that @var{regnr} is not a valid register.
c906108c 3887
4a9bb1df
UW
3888@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
3889@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
3890Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
3891regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 3892
963e2bb7 3893@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3894@findex gdbarch_return_value
3895@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3896type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3897would use.
3898
3899@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3900@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3901in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3902value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3903passed in as the function's first parameter.
3904
963e2bb7
AC
3905If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3906non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3907@var{regcache}.
3908
963e2bb7 3909If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3910non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3911@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3912just returned function).
3913
92ad9cd9
AC
3914@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3915store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3916the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3917@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3918instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3919return-value extract and store.}
3920
3921@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3922parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3923that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3924then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 3925@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
3926
3927@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3928to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3929@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3930limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3931
4a9bb1df
UW
3932@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
3933@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 3934Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3935steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3936re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3937hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
3938doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
3939processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
3940This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
3941of a branch or jump.
3942
4a9bb1df
UW
3943@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_prologue (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ip})
3944@findex gdbarch_skip_prologue
3945A function that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3946function entry prologue found at @var{ip}.
c906108c 3947
4a9bb1df
UW
3948@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
3949@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 3950If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 3951the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
3952that is at the start of the real function.
3953
4a9bb1df
UW
3954@item int gdbarch_sp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3955@findex gdbarch_sp_regnum
3956If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then use this function to return
6c0e89ed
AC
3957the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3958there is no such register.
c906108c 3959
1f70da6a
SS
3960@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3961@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
3962If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
3963number of that register.
3964
4a9bb1df
UW
3965@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
3966@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
3967Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
3968regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
3969
c906108c 3970@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3971@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3972The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3973current sources.)
3974
c906108c 3975@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3976@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3977Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3978
4a9bb1df
UW
3979@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
3980@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
3981Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3982it should be unsigned.
3983
3984The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
3985equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
3986character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
3987Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
3988on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
3989
4a9bb1df
UW
3990@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
3991@findex gdbarch_double_bit
3992Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 3993
4a9bb1df
UW
3994@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
3995@findex gdbarch_float_bit
3996Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 3997
4a9bb1df
UW
3998@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
3999@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4000Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4001
4a9bb1df
UW
4002@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4003@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4004Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4005
4a9bb1df
UW
4006@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4007@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4008Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4009defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4010
4011@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4012@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4013Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4014@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4015
4016@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4017@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4018Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4019@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4020
4021@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4022@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4023Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4024
4025@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_read_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4026@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4027@itemx gdbarch_write_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache}, @var{val})
4028@findex gdbarch_write_pc
4029@anchor{gdbarch_write_pc}
56caf160
EZ
4030@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4031@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4032@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4033@findex TARGET_READ_FP
4a9bb1df
UW
4034@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4035@findex gdbarch_write_pc
56caf160 4036@findex read_sp
56caf160 4037@findex read_fp
4a9bb1df
UW
4038@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{gdbarch_read_pc},
4039@code{gdbarch_write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4040left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4041functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c 4042
4a9bb1df
UW
4043These macros and functions are useful when a target keeps one of these
4044registers in a hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register
4045and part in an ordinary register.
c906108c 4046
4a9bb1df 4047@xref{gdbarch_unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
a9e5fdc2 4048
4a9bb1df
UW
4049@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4050@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4051Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4052frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4053pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4054@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4055no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4056
4057@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent expressions
4058@c for tracepoints
c906108c 4059
9742079a
EZ
4060@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4061If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4062watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4063other related macros.
4064
4a9bb1df
UW
4065@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4066@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4067This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4068instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
4069debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
4070This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
4071(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
4072type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
4073@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
4074instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4075
669fac23
DJ
4076@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4077@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
4078@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 4079frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 4080frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 4081previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 4082
4a9bb1df
UW
4083@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4084@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
4085Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
4086@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4087
c906108c
SS
4088@end table
4089
4090Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4091
56caf160 4092@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4093@item BPT_VECTOR
4094Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4095not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4096
4097@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4098Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 4099
56caf160 4100@end ftable
c906108c 4101
b6fd0dfb 4102@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
4103@section Adding a New Target
4104
56caf160 4105@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4106The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4107
4108@table @file
56caf160 4109@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4110@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4111Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4112object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
1f70da6a 4113@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}.
104c1213 4114
1f70da6a
SS
4115You can also define @samp{TM_CLIBS} and @samp{TM_CDEPS}, but these are
4116now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in future
4117versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4118
c906108c
SS
4119@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4120Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 4121some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 4122
af6c57ea
AC
4123@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4124@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
4125This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4126processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
4127targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 4128
c906108c
SS
4129@end table
4130
1f70da6a
SS
4131(Target header files such as
4132@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
4133@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
4134@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 4135
123dc839
DJ
4136@node Target Descriptions
4137@chapter Target Descriptions
4138@cindex target descriptions
4139
4140The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4141contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4142some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4143instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4144@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4145more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4146directly.
4147
4148For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4149target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4150Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4151topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4152
4153@menu
4154* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4155* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4156@end menu
4157
4158@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4159@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4160@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4161
4162Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4163an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4164reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4165new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4166
4167A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4168@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4169@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4170the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
417164-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4172
4173If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4174incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4175@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4176architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4177new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4178a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4179of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4180properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4181see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4182
4183@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4184@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4185@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4186
4187Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4188instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4189specific routines to support this.
4190
4191A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4192set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4193with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4194responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4195everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4196mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4197standard registers.
4198
4199If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4200registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4201
4202@itemize @bullet
4203
4204@item
4205Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4206searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4207
4208@item
4209Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4210
4211@item
4212Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4213to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4214
4215@item
4216Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4217feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4218the description was incomplete.
4219
4220@item
4221Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4222is called.
4223
4224@item
4225Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4226fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4227
4228@item
4229Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4230returning it.
4231
4232@end itemize
4233
4234After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4235@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4236routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4237the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4238for any additional registers in the description.
4239
4240Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4241
4242@itemize @bullet
4243
4244@item
4245Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4246constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4247as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4248pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4249which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4250can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4251@code{num_regs} instead.
4252
4253@item
4254The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4255architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4256@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4257@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4258describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4259internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4260gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4261
4262@end itemize
4263
4264
c906108c
SS
4265@node Target Vector Definition
4266
4267@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4268@cindex target vector
c906108c 4269
56caf160
EZ
4270The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4271abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4272actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4273@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4274each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4275
52bb452f
DJ
4276@menu
4277* Managing Execution State::
4278* Existing Targets::
4279@end menu
4280
4281@node Managing Execution State
4282@section Managing Execution State
4283@cindex execution state
4284
4285A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4286stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4287manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4288inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4289active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4290when the target has exited or not yet started.
4291
4292For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4293not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4294accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4295program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4296remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4297are directed to the simulator.
4298
4299A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4300onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4301@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4302@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4303
4304A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4305still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4306@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4307call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4308in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4309after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4310time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4311@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4312@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4313@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4314@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4315target to inactive state.
4316
4317@node Existing Targets
4318@section Existing Targets
4319@cindex targets
4320
4321@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4322
4323Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4324
52bb452f 4325@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4326
56caf160
EZ
4327@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4328that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4329@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
1f70da6a
SS
4330systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
4331operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
4332have a GDB stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
4333protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 4334
56caf160
EZ
4335The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4336your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4337SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4338program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4339
4340The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4341@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4342
4343@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4344@item
4345%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4346
56caf160
EZ
4347@item
4348traps are disabled;
c906108c 4349
56caf160
EZ
4350@item
4351you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4352@end enumerate
4353
4354As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4355is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4356The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4357hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4358which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4359set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4360first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4361
4362For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4363``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4364and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4365controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4366trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4367do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4368of the debugger/stub.
4369
4370From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4371They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4372
52bb452f 4373@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4374
52bb452f 4375@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4376
52bb452f 4377@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4378
52bb452f 4379@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4380
4381
4382@node Native Debugging
4383
4384@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4385@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4386
25822942 4387Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4388
4389@table @file
56caf160 4390@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4391@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4392Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4393machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4394native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4395Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4396@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4397define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 4398@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 4399
7fd60527
AC
4400@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4401originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4402on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4403purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4404eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4405suffix.}
4406
c906108c 4407@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4408(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4409macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4410child process control and core file support.
4411
4412@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4413Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4414this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4415@end table
4416
4417There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4418various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4419defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4420the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4421@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4422
4423Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4424to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4425Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4426into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4427
4428@table @file
c906108c
SS
4429@item inftarg.c
4430This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4431processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4432
4433@item procfs.c
4434This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4435processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4436
4437@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4438This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4439and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4440
4441@item infptrace.c
4442This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4443the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4444@end table
4445
4446@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4447@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4448
4449@table @file
56caf160 4450@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4451@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4452Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4453@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4454files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4455just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4456@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4457
4458@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4459If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4460@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4461set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4462register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4463``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4464@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4465use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4466you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4467to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4468@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4469the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4470@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4471@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4472implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4473@end table
4474
25822942 4475When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4476possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4477code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4478@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4479machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4480(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4481@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4482exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4483modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4484section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4485segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4486information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4487sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4488section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4489standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4490around in.
4491
25822942 4492Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4493@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4494@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4495It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4496its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4497segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4498register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4499
4500If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4501format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4502reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4503
4504@section ptrace
4505
4506@section /proc
4507
4508@section win32
4509
4510@section shared libraries
4511
4512@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4513@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4514
56caf160
EZ
4515When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4516defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4517target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4518undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4519
1f6d4158
AC
4520@table @code
4521
c906108c 4522@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4523@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4524If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4525define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4526a read from the child.
4527
4528[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4529currently.]
4530
4531@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4532@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4533Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4534@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4535@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4536@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4537routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4538
4a9bb1df
UW
4539@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4540@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4541This functions normally returns the number of the first floating
c906108c 4542point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4543appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4544to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4545
4a9bb1df
UW
4546@item int gdbarch_get_longjmp_target (@var{gdbarch})
4547@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4a9bb1df 4548This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4549assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4550@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4551pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4552
9742079a
EZ
4553@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4554An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4555support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4556
c906108c 4557@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4558@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4559Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4560user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4561
4562@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4563@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4564Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4565defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4566definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4567
990f9fe3 4568@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4569@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4570Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4571@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4572@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4573processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4574
4575@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4576@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4577Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4578want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4579
4580@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4581@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4582When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4583twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4584the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4585number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4586expand into the number expected.
4587
c906108c
SS
4588@end table
4589
c906108c
SS
4590@node Support Libraries
4591
4592@chapter Support Libraries
4593
4594@section BFD
56caf160 4595@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4596
25822942 4597BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4598
4599@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4600@item identifying executable and core files
4601BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4602several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4603
4604@item access to sections of files
4605BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4606sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4607(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4608calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4609length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4610
4611@item specialized core file support
4612BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4613core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4614file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4615file.
4616
4617@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4618@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4619symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4620handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4621symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4622string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4623@end table
4624
4625@section opcodes
56caf160 4626@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4627
25822942 4628The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4629library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4630
4631@section readline
86f04699
EZ
4632@cindex readline library
4633The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
4634that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
4635
4636@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4637@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4638
4639The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4640that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4641systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4642groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4643environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4644a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4645functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4646beyond standard functions).
4647
4648@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4649library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4650floating format support functions, the input options parser
4651@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4652
4653@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4654@cindex @code{obstacks}
4655
4656The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4657chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4658like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4659allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 4660@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
4661@code{obstacks}).
4662
4663The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4664object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4665representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4666these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4667symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4668fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 4669offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
4670string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4671information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4672unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4673various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4674names of types.
4675
4676An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4677that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 4678various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
4679once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4680function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4681deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4682start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4683@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4684obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4685happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4686is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4687obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4688@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4689else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4690use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4691
4692Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4693under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4694longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4695when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4696new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4697
4698@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4699@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4700
4701Regex conditionals.
4702
4703@table @code
c906108c
SS
4704@item C_ALLOCA
4705
4706@item NFAILURES
4707
4708@item RE_NREGS
4709
4710@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4711
4712@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4713
4714@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4715
4716@item Sword
4717
4718@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4719@end table
4720
350da6ee
DJ
4721@section Array Containers
4722@cindex Array Containers
4723@cindex VEC
4724
4725Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
4726objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 4727and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
4728and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
4729inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
4730Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
4731
4732An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
4733The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
4734the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
4735bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
4736accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
4737but implemented in C.
4738
4739Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
4740and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
4741these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
4742pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
4743stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
4744dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
4745object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
4746elements are returned by value.
4747
4748There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
4749returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
4750variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
4751the address-of can be optimized away.
4752
4753The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
4754are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
4755itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
4756--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
4757field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
4758use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
4759such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
4760the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
4761(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
4762@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
4763minimal space in the structure containing them.
4764
4765Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
4766available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
4767that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
4768(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
4769needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
4770If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
4771to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
4772@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
4773elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
4774too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
4775but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
4776is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
4777can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
4778
4779You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
4780remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
4781in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
4782operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
4783There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
4784ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
4785@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
4786into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
4787@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
4788the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
4789
4790If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
4791accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
4792@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
4793vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
4794
4795Vector types are defined using a
4796@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
4797type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
4798characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
4799@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
4800(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
4801awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
4802check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
4803@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
4804that is not possible in plain C.
4805
4806An example of their use would be,
4807
4808@smallexample
4809DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
4810
4811struct my_struct @{
4812 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
4813@};
4814
4815struct my_struct *s;
4816
4817if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
4818VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
4819for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
4820 @{ do something with elt @}
4821
4822@end smallexample
4823
4824The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
4825accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
4826
4827@table @code
4828@item VEC_length
4829Return the number of items in the array,
4830
4831@item VEC_empty
4832Return true if the array has no elements.
4833
4834@item VEC_last
4835@itemx VEC_index
4836Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
4837
4838@item VEC_iterate
4839Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
4840traversed.
4841
4842@item VEC_alloc
4843@itemx VEC_free
4844Create and destroy an array.
4845
4846@item VEC_embedded_size
4847@itemx VEC_embedded_init
4848Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
4849
4850@item VEC_copy
4851Duplicate an array.
4852
4853@item VEC_space
4854Return the amount of free space in an array.
4855
4856@item VEC_reserve
4857Ensure a certain amount of free space.
4858
4859@item VEC_quick_push
4860@itemx VEC_safe_push
4861Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
4862sure that it is.
4863
4864@item VEC_pop
4865Remove the last item from an array.
4866
4867@item VEC_truncate
4868Remove several items from the end of an array.
4869
4870@item VEC_safe_grow
4871Add several items to the end of an array.
4872
4873@item VEC_replace
4874Overwrite an item in the array.
4875
4876@item VEC_quick_insert
4877@itemx VEC_safe_insert
4878Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
4879already exist, or the space is created.
4880
4881@item VEC_ordered_remove
4882@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
4883Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
4884
4885@item VEC_block_remove
4886Remove a set of items from the array.
4887
4888@item VEC_address
4889Provide the address of the first element.
4890
4891@item VEC_lower_bound
4892Binary search the array.
4893
4894@end table
4895
c906108c
SS
4896@section include
4897
4898@node Coding
4899
4900@chapter Coding
4901
4902This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4903algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4904
4905@section Cleanups
56caf160 4906@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4907
4908Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4909later.
c906108c 4910
cc1cb004
AC
4911When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4912@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4913the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4914cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4915and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4916is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4917cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4918created.
c906108c
SS
4919
4920Syntax:
4921
4922@table @code
c906108c
SS
4923@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4924Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4925
56caf160 4926@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4927@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4928Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4929@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4930handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4931@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4932@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4933from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4934
56caf160 4935@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4936@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4937Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4938@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4939
4940@findex discard_cleanups
4941@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4942Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4943the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4944@end table
4945
4946Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4947@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4948later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4949performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4950
474c8240 4951@smallexample
c906108c 4952make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4953@{
4954 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4955 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4956 ...
4957 do_cleanups (old);
4958@}
474c8240 4959@end smallexample
56caf160 4960
c906108c 4961@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4962will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4963cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4964be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4965
4966Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4967Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4968will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4969to two common cleanup styles.
4970
4971The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4972@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4973code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4974code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4975called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4976@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4977
474c8240 4978@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4979struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4980data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4981make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4982... blah blah ...
4983do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 4984@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4985
4986The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4987@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
4988any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
4989code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
4990an error:
4991
474c8240 4992@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4993FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
4994struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
4995... blah blah ...
4996discard_cleanups (old);
4997return file;
474c8240 4998@end smallexample
c906108c 4999
c1468174 5000Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5001that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5002means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5003interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5004functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5005@samp{longjmp} instead).
5006
ba8c9337
AC
5007@section Per-architecture module data
5008@cindex per-architecture module data
5009@cindex multi-arch data
5010@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5011
fc989b7a
AC
5012The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5013specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5014architecture object.
5015
5016A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5017
5018@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5019@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5020per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5021in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5022architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5023and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5024@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5025
fc989b7a
AC
5026@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5027@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5028per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5029always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5030initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5031per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5032other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5033create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5034@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5035
fc989b7a
AC
5036These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5037identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5038
fc989b7a 5039The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5040
fc989b7a
AC
5041@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5042Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5043@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5044or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5045current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5046pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5047corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5048@end deftypefun
5049
fc989b7a 5050The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5051
5052@smallexample
e7f16015 5053struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5054static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5055@end smallexample
5056
fc989b7a
AC
5057A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5058per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5059per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5060creation.
ba8c9337 5061
fc989b7a
AC
5062In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5063architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5064from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5065
5066@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5067static void *
5068nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5069@{
fc989b7a
AC
5070 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5071 return data;
5072@}
ba8c9337
AC
5073@end smallexample
5074
ba8c9337 5075@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5076extern void
5077set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5078@{
ba8c9337 5079 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5080 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5081@}
5082@end smallexample
5083
fc989b7a
AC
5084A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5085using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5086
fc989b7a
AC
5087In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5088@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5089architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5090
5091@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5092static void *
5093nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5094@{
fc989b7a
AC
5095 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5096 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5097 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5098@}
5099@end smallexample
5100
5101@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5102extern int
5103nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5104@{
fc989b7a
AC
5105 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5106 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5107@}
5108@end smallexample
5109
c906108c 5110@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5111@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5112
56caf160 5113@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5114Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5115or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5116added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5117routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5118exceeded.
5119
5120The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5121printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5122away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5123@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5124@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5125return!
5126
56caf160 5127It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5128space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5129indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5130the line wraps there.
5131
5132Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5133finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5134to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5135print warnings are a good example.
5136
25822942 5137@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5138@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5139
25822942 5140@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5141@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5142FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5143of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5144but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5145
56caf160
EZ
5146@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5147@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5148
af6c57ea 5149
b9aa90c9 5150@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5151
b9aa90c9
AC
5152@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5153compiler.
af6c57ea 5154
b9aa90c9 5155@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5156
5157
5158@subsection Memory Management
5159
5160@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5161@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5162
5163@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5164@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5165these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5166they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5167@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5168
5169@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5170memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5171behavior.}
5172
5173@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5174
5175@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5176memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5177free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5178
5179@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5180@code{NULL} pointer.}
5181
5182@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5183allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5184
5185@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5186restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5187
5188@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5189function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5190
5191@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5192functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5193errors.}
5194
5195
5196@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5197@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5198
aa79a185
DJ
5199With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5200@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5201are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5202building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5203
5204This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5205with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5206from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5207
5208The current list of warning flags includes:
5209
5210@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5211@item -Wall
5212Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5213
aa79a185 5214@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5215
aa79a185
DJ
5216@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5217code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5218
aa79a185 5219@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5220
aa79a185
DJ
5221@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5222Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5223might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5224Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5225@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5226but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5227
7be93b9e
JB
5228@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5229In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5230assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5231signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5232carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5233the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5234worth the time it would take.
5235
aa79a185
DJ
5236@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5237Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5238unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5239@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5240it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5241is being used.
5242
5243@item -Wno-unused
5244@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 5245@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
5246These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5247currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5248
aa79a185 5249@end table
c906108c
SS
5250
5251@subsection Formatting
5252
56caf160 5253@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5254The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5255strictly.
5256
af6c57ea
AC
5257A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5258function definition should have its name in column zero.
5259
474c8240 5260@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5261/* Declaration */
5262static void foo (void);
5263/* Definition */
5264void
5265foo (void)
5266@{
5267@}
474c8240 5268@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5269
5270@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5271be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5272
af6c57ea
AC
5273There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5274parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5275required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5276or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5277
5278While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5279more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5280after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5281whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5282for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5283
5284Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5285
474c8240 5286@smallexample
af6c57ea 5287void *foo;
474c8240 5288@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5289
5290@noindent
5291and not:
5292
474c8240 5293@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5294void * foo;
5295void* foo;
474c8240 5296@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5297
5298@subsection Comments
5299
56caf160 5300@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5301The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5302
af6c57ea
AC
5303Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5304@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5305
474c8240 5306@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5307/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5308 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5309 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5310 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5311 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5312@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5313
5314(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5315comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5316
5317Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5318variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5319
5320In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5321than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5322line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5323than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5324
5325@subsection C Usage
5326
56caf160 5327@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5328Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5329host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5330of evaluation of expressions.
5331
56caf160 5332@cindex function usage
c906108c 5333Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5334in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5335call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5336limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5337
5338However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5339are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5340
af6c57ea 5341@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5342(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5343protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5344
5345@cindex types
c906108c 5346
af6c57ea
AC
5347Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5348declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5349
5350
5351@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5352@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5353
5354Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5355a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5356argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5357function definition.
c906108c 5358
53a5351d
JM
5359All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5360callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5361be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5362visible to random source files.
c906108c 5363
af6c57ea
AC
5364Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5365that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5366
5367
5368@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5369
5370During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5371User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5372entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5373object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5374Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5375run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5376
5377When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5378@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5379
5380@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5381
5382@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5383the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5384@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5385error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5386
5387@subsection File Names
5388
5389Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5390case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5391unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5392
5393@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5394platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5395is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5396@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5397convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5398@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5399@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5400
5401Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5402of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5403
5404@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5405
5406When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5407@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5408@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5409independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5410the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5411should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5412programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5413
5414For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5415
5416
5417@subsection Include Files
5418
e2b28d04 5419A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5420
e2b28d04
AC
5421A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5422declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5423indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5424
e2b28d04
AC
5425A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5426declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5427indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5428be directly included.
af6c57ea 5429
e2b28d04 5430An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5431
e2b28d04
AC
5432An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5433Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5434pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5435
5436A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5437
5438An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5439files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5440@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5441
5442All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5443
474c8240 5444@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5445#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5446#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5447header body
5448#endif
474c8240 5449@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5450
c906108c 5451
dab11f21 5452@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5453
56caf160 5454@cindex design
c906108c 5455In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5456semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5457experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5458trouble.
5459
56caf160 5460@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5461You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5462(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5463must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5464@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5465such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5466
5467You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5468the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5469current @code{target_ops} vector.
5470
5471You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5472(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5473assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5474host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5475written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5476copyright problems.
5477
56caf160 5478@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5479Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5480to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5481systems.
5482
56caf160 5483@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5484New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5485or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5486for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5487features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5488has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5489often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5490predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5491time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5492with regard to this feature.
5493
5494Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5495target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5496
dab11f21
EZ
5497@cindex portable file name handling
5498@cindex file names, portability
5499One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5500creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5501assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5502a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5503directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5504necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5505system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5506name, use the following portable macros:
5507
5508@table @code
5509@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5510@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5511This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5512whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5513symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5514such hosts.
5515
5516@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5517@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5518Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5519character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5520such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5521pass.
5522
5523@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5524@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5525Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5526For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5527@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5528@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5529
5530@findex FILENAME_CMP
5531@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5532Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5533appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5534this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5535will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5536
5537@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5538@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5539Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5540@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5541This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5542
5543@findex SLASH_STRING
5544@item SLASH_STRING
5545This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5546absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5547@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5548@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5549@end table
5550
5551In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5552functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5553basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5554@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5555platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5556with @code{strrchr}.
5557
25822942
DB
5558Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5559attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5560multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5561by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5562well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5563something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5564using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5565@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5566current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5567is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5568implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5569attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5570formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5571
56caf160
EZ
5572Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5573the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5574@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5575something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5576consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5577with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5578file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5579radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5580
af6c57ea
AC
5581All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5582@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5583messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5584@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5585
c906108c 5586
8487521e 5587@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5588
25822942 5589@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5590@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5591
56caf160
EZ
5592Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5593specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5594dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5595hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5596@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5597name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5598@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5599
56caf160
EZ
5600@itemize @bullet
5601@item
c906108c
SS
5602In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5603@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5604vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5605@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5606@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5607running
5608
474c8240 5609@smallexample
c906108c 5610./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5611@end smallexample
56caf160 5612
c906108c
SS
5613@noindent
5614and
56caf160 5615
474c8240 5616@smallexample
c906108c 5617./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5618@end smallexample
56caf160 5619
c906108c
SS
5620@noindent
5621which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5622and no error messages.
5623
56caf160 5624@noindent
c906108c
SS
5625You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5626beyond the scope of this manual.
5627
56caf160 5628@item
25822942 5629To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5630your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5631desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5632setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5633@var{xyz}).
5634
7fd60527
AC
5635@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5636@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5637new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5638Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5639to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5640changed again in the future.}
5641
56caf160 5642@item
25822942 5643Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5644target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5645configuration.
56caf160 5646@end itemize
c906108c 5647
d52fe014
AC
5648@node Versions and Branches
5649@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5650
d52fe014 5651@section Versions
8973da3a 5652
d52fe014
AC
5653@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5654@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5655
d52fe014
AC
5656@table @asis
5657@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5658@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5659an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5660@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5661a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
56626.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5663@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5664a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
56656.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5666@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5667a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5668@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5669may include additional changes
d52fe014 5670@end table
fb0ff88f 5671
d52fe014
AC
5672@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5673numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5674of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5675@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5676
53531fc1
AC
5677@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5678@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5679drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5680first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5681@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5682@var{patchlevel}.
5683
5684For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5685identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5686
5687@table @asis
5688@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5689drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5690@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5691@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5692drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
56936.1.90.20020304)
5694@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5695@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5696drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5697@end table
fb0ff88f 5698
d52fe014
AC
5699If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
57006.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5701here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5702
d52fe014
AC
5703@smallexample
5704 <HEAD>
5705 |
53531fc1 57066.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5707 |
53531fc1 5708 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5709 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5710 | |
53531fc1
AC
57116.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5712 | |
57136.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5714 | |
57156.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5716 | |
53531fc1
AC
57176.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5718 | |
57196.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5720 | |
57216.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5722 | |
57236.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5724 | |
57256.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5726 |
53531fc1 57276.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5728 |
53531fc1 5729 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5730 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5731 | |
57326.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5733 | |
d52fe014 5734@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5735
d52fe014
AC
5736@section Release Branches
5737@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5738
d52fe014
AC
5739@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5740single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5741branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5742
d52fe014
AC
5743@smallexample
5744gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5745gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5746gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5747@end smallexample
5748
5749@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5750release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5751date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5752branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5753
5754@section Vendor Branches
5755@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5756
5757To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5758@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5759(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 5760its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
5761Inc Patch 2)}.
5762
5763@section Experimental Branches
5764@cindex experimental branches
5765
5766@subsection Guidelines
5767
5768@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5769repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5770for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5771significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5772
d52fe014 5773The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5774
d52fe014
AC
5775@table @emph
5776
5777@item a branch has an owner
5778The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5779ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5780adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5781
5782@item all commits are posted
5783All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5784@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5785mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5786should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5787
5788@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5789This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5790and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5791
5792@item a branch is focused
5793A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5794unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5795be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5796
5797@item a branch tracks mainline
5798This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5799pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5800mainline.
5801
5802@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5803The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5804branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5805
5806@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5807The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5808the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5809@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5810
5811@end table
fb0ff88f 5812
d52fe014
AC
5813@subsection Tags
5814@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5815
d52fe014
AC
5816To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5817branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5818
d52fe014 5819@table @code
fb0ff88f 5820
d52fe014
AC
5821@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5822@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5823The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5824date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5825sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5826@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5827cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5828cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5829 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5830@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5831
d52fe014
AC
5832@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5833The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5834on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5835use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5836@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5837cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5838cvs update \
5839 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5840 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5841@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5842@noindent
5843Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5844merge.
5845
5846@end table
fb0ff88f 5847
d52fe014
AC
5848@noindent
5849For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5850@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5851
55f6ca0f
JB
5852@node Start of New Year Procedure
5853@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5854@cindex new year procedure
5855
5856At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5857
5858@itemize @bullet
5859@item
5860Rotate the ChangeLog file
5861
5862The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5863@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5864A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5865contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5866also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5867the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5868@smallexample
5869Local Variables:
5870mode: change-log
5871left-margin: 8
5872fill-column: 74
5873version-control: never
5874End:
5875@end smallexample
5876
7f893741
JB
5877@item
5878Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
5879in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5880
55f6ca0f
JB
5881@item
5882Update the copyright year in the startup message
5883
5884Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
5885@code{print_gdb_version}.
6ec2edbe
JB
5886
5887@item
5888Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
5889files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
5890script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
5891
55f6ca0f
JB
5892@end itemize
5893
d52fe014 5894@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5895
d52fe014
AC
5896@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5897@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5898
9bb0a4d8
AC
5899@section Branch Commit Policy
5900
5901The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
59025.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5903
5904@itemize @bullet
5905@item
5906The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5907@item
5908Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5909trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5910file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5911@item
5912When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5913Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5914when debugging a static binary?
5915@item
5916The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5917the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5918@item
5919Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5920sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5921@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5922@end itemize
5923
5924@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5925functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5926This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5927reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5928
5929
cbb09e6a 5930@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5931
8642bc8f 5932Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5933code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5934(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5935
8642bc8f 5936Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5937line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5938been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5939
cbb09e6a
AC
5940The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5941wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5942Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5943
cbb09e6a 5944@enumerate
8973da3a 5945@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5946Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5947list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5948recommended.
8973da3a 5949@item
cbb09e6a 5950Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5951@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5952Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5953Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5954@item
cbb09e6a 5955Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5956@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5957Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5958prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5959@item
5960Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5961released.
5962@item
5963Remove the obsolete code.
5964@end enumerate
5965
5966@noindent
5967@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5968hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5969helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5970or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5971the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5972hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5973
8973da3a 5974
9ae8b82c
AC
5975
5976@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5977
8642bc8f
AC
5978The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5979changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5980instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5981building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5982@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 5983
9ae8b82c 5984@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 5985
9ae8b82c
AC
5986People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
5987something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
5988script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 5989
9ae8b82c 5990@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 5991
9ae8b82c
AC
5992Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
5993@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
5994@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
5995
5996@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 5997
8642bc8f 5998A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 5999
8642bc8f
AC
6000@itemize @bullet
6001@item
6002@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6003@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6004@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6005file)
6006@item
6007@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6008@end itemize
6009
9ae8b82c 6010@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6011
9ae8b82c
AC
6012@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6013(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6014conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6015of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6016regressions.
8642bc8f 6017
9ae8b82c 6018@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6019
9ae8b82c 6020Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6021
9ae8b82c 6022@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6023
9ae8b82c 6024The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6025
8642bc8f 6026
30107679 6027@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6028
30107679 6029@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6030
474c8240 6031@smallexample
30107679
AC
6032$ u=5.1
6033$ v=5.2
6034$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6035$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6036$ echo $u $V $D
60375.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6038$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6039-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6040cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6041-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6042$ ^echo ^^
6043...
6044$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6045-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6046cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6047-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6048$ ^echo ^^
6049...
8642bc8f 6050$
474c8240 6051@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6052
6053@itemize @bullet
6054@item
b247355e 6055By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6056date/time.
6057@item
b247355e 6058The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6059@item
b247355e 6060Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6061@item
b247355e 6062@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6063@item
b247355e 6064The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6065@end itemize
6066
6067@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6068
6069@smallexample
6070$ u=5.1
6071$ v=5.2
6072$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6073$ echo $u $v$V
60745.1 5_2
6075$ cd /tmp
6076$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6077-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6078cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6079 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6080$ ^echo ^^
6081U src/gdb/version.in
6082$ cd src/gdb
6083$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6084$ cat version.in
60855.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6086$ cvs -f commit version.in
6087@end smallexample
6088
6089@itemize @bullet
6090@item
6091@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6092mechanism.
30107679
AC
6093@item
6094@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6095initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6096@end itemize
6097
8642bc8f
AC
6098
6099@subheading Update the web and news pages
6100
30107679
AC
6101Something?
6102
8642bc8f
AC
6103@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6104
30107679
AC
6105The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6106This file needs to be updated so that:
6107
6108@itemize @bullet
6109@item
b247355e 6110A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6111@item
b247355e 6112The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6113@end itemize
6114
6115@noindent
6116See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6117cron table.
6118
6119The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6120any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6121snapshot directories.
6122
6123
6124@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6125
6126The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6127to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6128refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6129
6130The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6131current release.
6132
6133@subheading Post the branch info
6134
6135Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6136
6137@itemize @bullet
6138@item
6139@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6140@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6141@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6142@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6143@end itemize
30107679
AC
6144
6145@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6146ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6147list are alerted.}
6148
6149The announcement should include:
6150
6151@itemize @bullet
6152@item
b247355e 6153The branch tag.
30107679 6154@item
b247355e 6155How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6156@item
b247355e 6157The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6158@item
b247355e 6159The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6160@end itemize
30107679 6161
8642bc8f
AC
6162@section Stabilize the branch
6163
6164Something goes here.
6165
6166@section Create a Release
6167
0816590b
AC
6168The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6169down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6170process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6171process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6172
0816590b
AC
6173When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6174
6175@subsection Create a release candidate
6176
6177The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6178made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6179candidate).
6180
6181@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6182
6183Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6184@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6185
6186@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6187
474c8240 6188@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6189$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6190$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6191$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6192$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6193/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6194$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6195$ cd $t/$b/$v
6196$ pwd
0816590b 6197/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6198$ which autoconf
6199/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6200$
474c8240 6201@end smallexample
8973da3a 6202
0816590b
AC
6203@noindent
6204Notes:
8973da3a 6205
0816590b
AC
6206@itemize @bullet
6207@item
6208Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6209version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6210found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6211unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6212@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6213@end itemize
6214
6215@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6216
474c8240 6217@smallexample
b247355e 6218$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6219do
8973da3a
AC
6220( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6221done
8642bc8f 6222$
474c8240 6223@end smallexample
8973da3a 6224
0816590b
AC
6225@noindent
6226Note:
8642bc8f 6227
0816590b
AC
6228@itemize @bullet
6229@item
6230The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6231any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6232@code{cvs} really does.
6233@end itemize
6234
6235@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6236
0816590b
AC
6237@table @file
6238
6239@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6240
6241Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6242releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6243
0816590b 6244Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6245
474c8240 6246@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6247$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6248...
6249c-x 4 a
6250...
6251c-x c-s c-x c-c
6252$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6253$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6254@end smallexample
8973da3a 6255
0816590b
AC
6256@item gdb/README
6257
6258You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6259
0816590b
AC
6260@itemize @bullet
6261@item
b247355e 6262The version.
0816590b 6263@item
b247355e 6264The update date.
0816590b 6265@item
b247355e 6266Who did it.
0816590b 6267@end itemize
8973da3a 6268
474c8240 6269@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6270$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6271...
8973da3a 6272c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6273...
8973da3a 6274c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6275$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6276$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6277@end smallexample
8973da3a 6278
0816590b
AC
6279@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6280before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6281to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6282
8642bc8f
AC
6283@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6284@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6285pursuing.}
8973da3a 6286
0816590b 6287@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6288
474c8240 6289@smallexample
8642bc8f 6290$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6291$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
62925.2
8642bc8f 6293$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6294...
6295c-x 4 a
0816590b 6296... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6297c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6298$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6299$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6300@end smallexample
8973da3a 6301
0816590b
AC
6302@end table
6303
6304@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6305
6306This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6307
4ce8657e
MC
6308@smallexample
6309$ for m in gdb insight
6310do
6311( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6312done
4ce8657e
MC
6313@end smallexample
6314
6315If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6316(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6317
474c8240 6318@smallexample
0816590b 6319$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6320do
0816590b 6321( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6322done
474c8240 6323@end smallexample
8973da3a 6324
0816590b 6325@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6326
0816590b 6327You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6328@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6329for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6330
474c8240 6331@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6332$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6333M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6334? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6335? proto-toplev
0816590b 6336@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6337M gdb/ChangeLog
6338M gdb/NEWS
6339M gdb/README
6340M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6341@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6342$
474c8240 6343@end smallexample
8973da3a 6344
0816590b 6345@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6346@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6347@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6348was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6349didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6350
0816590b 6351@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6352
474c8240 6353@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6354$ cp */src/*.tar .
6355$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6356$ ls -F
b247355e 6357gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6358$ for m in gdb insight
6359do
6360bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6361gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6362done
6363$
474c8240 6364@end smallexample
8973da3a 6365
0816590b
AC
6366@noindent
6367Note:
6368
6369@itemize @bullet
6370@item
6371A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6372in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6373can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6374process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6375@end itemize
6376
6377@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6378
0816590b 6379Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6380
0816590b
AC
6381@smallexample
6382$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6383$ cd gdb-5.2
6384$ ./configure
6385$ make
6386@dots{}
6387$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6388GNU gdb 5.2
6389@dots{}
6390(gdb) b main
6391Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6392(gdb) run
6393Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6394
6395Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6396734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6397(gdb) print args
6398$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6399(gdb)
6400@end smallexample
8973da3a 6401
0816590b 6402@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6403
0816590b 6404If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6405
0816590b
AC
6406@enumerate
6407@item
6408Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6409@item
6410Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6411@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6412process can restart.
6413@item
6414Make the release candidate available in
6415@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6416@item
6417Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6418@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6419@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6420
0816590b 6421@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6422
0816590b 6423(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6424
0816590b 6425@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6426
0816590b 6427Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6428
474c8240 6429@smallexample
0816590b 6430$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6431$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6432@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6433
0816590b
AC
6434@noindent
6435Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6436are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6437
6438@smallexample
6439$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6440$ rm @dots{}
6441@end smallexample
6442
6443@noindent
6444Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6445directory:
6446
6447@smallexample
6448$ vi README
6449@dots{}
6450$ rm -f .message
6451$ ln README .message
6452@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6453
0816590b 6454@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6455
0816590b
AC
6456@table @file
6457
6458@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6459This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6460@itemize @bullet
6461@item
b247355e 6462General announcement.
8642bc8f 6463@item
0816590b
AC
6464News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6465earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6466@item
b247355e 6467Errata.
0816590b
AC
6468@end itemize
6469
6470@item htdocs/index.html
6471@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6472@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6473These files include:
6474@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6475@item
b247355e 6476Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6477@item
b247355e 6478News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6479@end itemize
0816590b 6480These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6481
0816590b 6482@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6483You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6484docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6485from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6486Something like:
6487
474c8240 6488@smallexample
8642bc8f 6489$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6490 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6491 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6492 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6493 gdb
474c8240 6494@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6495
0816590b
AC
6496@item download/ari/
6497Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6498
0816590b
AC
6499@smallexample
6500$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6501 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6502 $PWD/www \
6503 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6504 gdb
6505@end smallexample
6506
6507@end table
6508
6509@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6510
6511Something goes here.
6512
6513
6514@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6515
6516At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6517@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6518
6519@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6520
6521Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6522
6523@itemize @bullet
6524@item
6525@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6526@item
0816590b
AC
6527@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6528day or so to let things get out)
6529@item
6530@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6531@end itemize
6532
0816590b 6533@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6534
0816590b 6535The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6536
0816590b 6537@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6538
0816590b 6539In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6540
6541@itemize @bullet
6542@item
6543@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6544@item
6545@file{gdb/version.in}
6546@item
6547@file{gdb/NEWS}
6548@item
6549@file{gdb/README}
6550@end itemize
6551
0816590b 6552@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6553
6554Something like:
6555
474c8240 6556@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6557$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6558$ echo $d
65592002-01-24
6560$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6561$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6562@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6563
0816590b 6564Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6565@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6566
6567@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6568
0816590b
AC
6569Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6570indicates when the release was made.
6571
6572@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6573
6574If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6575@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6576committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6577@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6578is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6579
6580Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6581
0816590b 6582@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6583
8642bc8f
AC
6584The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6585trunk.
8973da3a 6586
0816590b
AC
6587@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6588
6589Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6590Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6591generated by running:
6592
6593@smallexample
6594$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6595@end smallexample
6596
6597@noindent
6598The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6599of the most recent release.
6600
6601Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6602
8642bc8f 6603@section Post release
8973da3a 6604
8642bc8f 6605Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6606
085dd6e6
JM
6607@node Testsuite
6608
6609@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6610@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6611
56caf160
EZ
6612The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6613While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6614this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6615the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6616to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6617
b247355e
NR
6618The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6619tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6620runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6621
6622@section Using the Testsuite
6623
56caf160 6624@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6625To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6626testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6627environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6628the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6629and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6630finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6631
474c8240 6632@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6633 === gdb Summary ===
6634
6635# of expected passes 6016
6636# of unexpected failures 58
6637# of unexpected successes 5
6638# of expected failures 183
6639# of unresolved testcases 3
6640# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6641@end smallexample
56caf160 6642
a9f158ec
JB
6643To run a specific test script, type:
6644@example
6645make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6646@end example
6647where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6648spaces.
6649
085dd6e6
JM
6650The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6651conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6652real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6653failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6654hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6655everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6656being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6657lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6658Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6659reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6660catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6661program.
6662
6663When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6664testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6665regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6666run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6667compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6668testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6669options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6670host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6671mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6672
6673If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6674tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6675and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6676Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6677failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6678difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6679in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6680tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6681
e7dc800a
MC
6682DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6683some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6684the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6685will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6686
6687@smallexample
6688UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6689@end smallexample
6690
085dd6e6
JM
6691@section Testsuite Organization
6692
56caf160 6693@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6694The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6695testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6696and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6697handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6698@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6699all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6700configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6701definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6702
6703The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6704subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6705with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6706in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6707get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6708
6709The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6710are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6711located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6712execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6713intelligibility.
6714
56caf160 6715@table @file
085dd6e6 6716@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6717This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6718configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6719The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6720ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6721for prototypes).
6722
6723@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6724Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6725@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6726
6727@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6728Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6729(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6730HP-UX.
6731
6732@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6733Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
67341999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6735couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6736imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6737extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6738
6739@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6740Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6741instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6742@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6743@end table
6744
6745@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6746@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6747
25822942 6748In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6749should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6750
6751You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6752includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6753However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6754instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6755calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6756
6757Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
6758necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
6759a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
6760@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
6761prompts.
6762
6763Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
6764On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
6765spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
6766
6767The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6768style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6769styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6770instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6771never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6772uniformly.
6773
c906108c
SS
6774@node Hints
6775
6776@chapter Hints
6777
6778Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6779appear anywhere else in the directory.
6780
6781@menu
25822942 6782* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6783* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6784@end menu
6785
6786@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6787
6788@section Getting Started
6789
25822942 6790@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6791work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6792know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6793
25822942
DB
6794This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6795generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6796
6797Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6798comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6799function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6800explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6801free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6802out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6803actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6804
6805Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6806native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6807repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6808macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6809default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6810also documents all the available macros.
6811@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6812@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6813@c Conditionals})
6814
56caf160
EZ
6815Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6816@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6817@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6818code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6819
6820You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6821enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6822language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6823the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6824and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6825are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6826approach.
6827
25822942 6828Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6829specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6830function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6831will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6832calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6833(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6834called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6835functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6836one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6837structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6838the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6839look like.
6840
6841Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6842code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6843principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6844else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6845rather than worrying about all its details.
6846
56caf160
EZ
6847@cindex command implementation
6848A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6849a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6850single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6851@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6852via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6853which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6854the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6855@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6856command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6857display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6858not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6859tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6860breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6861
6862@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6863If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6864on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6865wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6866@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6867Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6868
33e16fad 6869@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6870
25822942 6871@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6872@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6873
25822942 6874If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6875fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6876Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6877debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6878./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6879@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6880
25822942 6881When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6882@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6883gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6884in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6885gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6886
6887If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6888you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6889routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6890@kbd{M-.}
6891
25822942 6892Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6893have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6894
6895@section Submitting Patches
6896
56caf160 6897@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6898Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6899@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6900Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6901changes.
6902
25822942
DB
6903The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6904This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6905
6906If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6907or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6908with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6909
56caf160 6910@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6911The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6912copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6913of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6914standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6915and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6916owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6917changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6918etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6919contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6920bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6921this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6922since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6923
6924Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6925feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6926Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6927header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6928each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6929needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6930@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6931single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6932
6933In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6934sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6935If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6936out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6937
9e0b60a8
JM
6938The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6939install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6940or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6941will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6942The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6943the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6944being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6945tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6946the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6947acceptable.
6948
6949If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6950of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6951installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6952reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6953complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6954they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6955permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6956be for quite some time.
c906108c 6957
56caf160 6958Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6959@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 6960
36af4ef6
MD
6961@section Build Script
6962
6963@cindex build script
6964
6965The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
6966@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
6967targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
6968affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
6969@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
6970
6971After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
6972supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
6973information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
6974in the directory the script was called from.
6975
bcd7e15f 6976@include observer.texi
2154891a 6977@raisesections
aab4e0ec 6978@include fdl.texi
2154891a 6979@lowersections
aab4e0ec 6980
56caf160
EZ
6981@node Index
6982@unnumbered Index
6983
6984@printindex cp
6985
c906108c 6986@bye
This page took 1.118392 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.